Valitse kokeelliset ominaisuudet, joita haluat kokeilla

Tämä asiakirja on ote EUR-Lex-verkkosivustolta

Asiakirja 32022R1434

    Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/1434 of 22 July 2022 granting a Union authorisation for the biocidal product family ‘CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15’ (Text with EEA relevance)

    C/2022/5070

    OJ L 226, 31.8.2022, s. 1—226 (BG, ES, CS, DA, DE, ET, EL, EN, FR, GA, HR, IT, LV, LT, HU, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SK, SL, FI, SV)

    Asiakirjan oikeudellinen asema Voimassa

    ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2022/1434/oj

    31.8.2022   

    EN

    Official Journal of the European Union

    L 226/1


    COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) 2022/1434

    of 22 July 2022

    granting a Union authorisation for the biocidal product family ‘CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15’

    (Text with EEA relevance)

    THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

    Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

    Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 528/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2012 concerning the making available on the market and use of biocidal products (1), and in particular the first subparagraph of Article 44(5) thereof,

    Whereas:

    (1)

    On 21 June 2017, Nutrition & Biosciences Netherlands B.V. submitted an application in accordance with Article 43(1) of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012 for authorisation of a biocidal product family named ‘CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15’ of product-types 2, 4, 6, 11, 12 and 13, as described in Annex V to that Regulation, providing written confirmation that the competent authority of France had agreed to evaluate the application. The application was recorded under case number BC-CY032700-28 in the Register for Biocidal Products.

    (2)

    ‘CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15’ contains a mixture of CMIT/MIT, as the active substance, which is included in the Union list of approved active substances referred to in Article 9(2) of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012.

    (3)

    On 31 March 2020, the evaluating competent authority submitted, in accordance with Article 44(1) of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, the assessment report and the conclusions of its evaluation to the European Chemicals Agency (‘the Agency’).

    (4)

    On 18 December 2020, the Agency submitted to the Commission an opinion (2), the draft summary of the biocidal product characteristics (‘SPC’) of ‘CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15’ and the final assessment report on the biocidal product family in accordance with Article 44(3) of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012.

    (5)

    The opinion concludes that ‘CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15’ is a ‘biocidal product family’ within the meaning of Article 3(1), point (s), of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, that it is eligible for Union authorisation in accordance with Article 42(1) of that Regulation and that subject to compliance with the draft SPC, it meets the conditions laid down in Article 19(1) and (6) of that Regulation.

    (6)

    On 15 January 2021, the Agency transmitted to the Commission the draft SPC in all the official languages of the Union in accordance with Article 44(4) of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012.

    (7)

    The Commission concurs with the opinion of the Agency and considers it therefore appropriate to grant a Union authorisation for ‘CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15’.

    (8)

    The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Biocidal Products,

    HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

    Article 1

    A Union authorisation with authorisation number EU-0025449-0000 is granted to Nutrition & Biosciences Netherlands B.V. for the making available on the market and use of the biocidal product family ‘CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15’ in accordance with the summary of the biocidal product characteristics set out in the Annex.

    The Union authorisation is valid from 20 September 2022 until 31 August 2032.

    Article 2

    This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

    This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

    Done at Brussels, 22 July 2022.

    For the Commission

    The President

    Ursula VON DER LEYEN


    (1)   OJ L 167, 27.6.2012, p. 1.

    (2)  ECHA opinion of 3 December 2020 on the Union authorisation of ‘CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15’ (ECHA/BPC/273/2020), https://echa.europa.eu/bpc-opinions-on-union-authorisation.


    ANNEX

    Summary of product characteristics for a biocidal product family

    CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15

    Product type 2 - Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals (Disinfectants)

    Product type 4 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    Product type 6 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Product type 11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Product type 12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Product type 13 - Working or cutting fluid preservatives (Preservatives)

    Authorisation number: EU-0025449-0000

    R4BP asset number: EU-0025449-0000

    PART I

    FIRST INFORMATION LEVEL

    1.   ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION

    1.1.   Family name

    Name

    CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15

    1.2.   Product type(s)

    Product type(s)

    PT02 - Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals (Disinfectants)

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    PT13 - Working or cutting fluid preservatives (Preservatives)

    1.3.   Authorisation holder

    Name and address of the authorisation holder

    Name

    MC (Netherlands) 1 B.V.

    Address

    Willem Einthovenstraat 4, 2342BH Oegstgeest Netherlands

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0000

    R4BP asset number

    EU-0025449-0000

    Date of the authorisation

    20 September 2022

    Expiry date of the authorisation

    31 August 2032

    1.4.   Manufacturer(s) of the biocidal products

    Name of manufacturer

    AD Productions BV

    Address of manufacturer

    Markweg Zuid 27, 4794 SN Heijningen, Netherlands

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Markweg Zuid 27, 4794 SN Heijningen, Netherlands


    Name of manufacturer

    Jiangsu FOPIA Chemicals Co., Ltd

    Address of manufacturer

    Touzeng Village, 224555 Binhuai Town, Binhai County, Yancheng City, Jiangsu, China

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Touzeng Village, 224555 Binhuai Town, Binhai County, Yancheng City, Jiangsu, China


    Name of manufacturer

    Acquaflex S.R.L

    Address of manufacturer

    Vigano di Gaggiano, 20083 Milan, Italy

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Vigano di Gaggiano, 20083 Milan, Italy


    Name of manufacturer

    LABORATORIOS MIRET, S.A.

    Address of manufacturer

    Hercules, 18, 08228 Terrassa, Barcelona, Spain

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Hercules, 18, 08228 Terrassa, Barcelona, Spain


    Name of manufacturer

    HYDRACHIM

    Address of manufacturer

    Route de Saint Poix, 35370 LE PERTRE, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Route de Saint Poix, 35370 LE PERTRE, France


    Name of manufacturer

    DAXEL srl.

    Address of manufacturer

    via Pietro Nenni 8, 42048 Rubiera RE, Italy

    Location of manufacturing sites

    via Pietro Nenni 8, 42048 Rubiera RE, Italy


    Name of manufacturer

    Aquatreat Chemical Products Ltd

    Address of manufacturer

    Unit 7, Abbey Industrial Estate, 24 Willow Lane, CR4 4NA Mitcham, United Kingdom

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Unit 7, Abbey Industrial Estate, 24 Willow Lane, CR4 4NA Mitcham, United Kingdom


    Name of manufacturer

    Flexfill s.r.o.

    Address of manufacturer

    Siřejovická 1213, 410 02 Lovosice, Czech Republic

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Siřejovická 1213, 410 02 Lovosice, Czech Republic


    Name of manufacturer

    Sopura SA

    Address of manufacturer

    199 rue de trazegnies, 6180 Courcelles, Belgium

    Location of manufacturing sites

    199 rue de trazegnies, 6180 Courcelles, Belgium


    Name of manufacturer

    Stenco Industrial

    Address of manufacturer

    C/ Gran Vial, 50817 Montornès del Vallès, Barcelona, Spain

    Location of manufacturing sites

    C/ Gran Vial, 50817 Montornès del Vallès, Barcelona, Spain


    Name of manufacturer

    SUEZ WTS France S.A.S.

    Address of manufacturer

    44, Rue Paul Sabatier Z.I. Nord, 71530 Crissey, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    44, Rue Paul Sabatier Z.I. Nord, 71530 Crissey, France


    Name of manufacturer

    QUIPROCALT S.L.

    Address of manufacturer

    Calle Lleida, 2 (Pol Ind Empalme), 43712 Llorenç del Penedès. Tarragona, Spain

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Calle Lleida, 2 (Pol Ind Empalme), 43712 Llorenç del Penedès. Tarragona, Spain


    Name of manufacturer

    nv Buckman Laboratories

    Address of manufacturer

    Wondelgemkaai 159, 9000 Gent, Belgium

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Wondelgemkaai 159, 9000 Gent, Belgium


    Name of manufacturer

    N.C.R. Biochemical S.p.A.

    Address of manufacturer

    Via dei Carpentieri n.8, 40050 Castello d’Argile, Italy

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Via dei Carpentieri n.8, 40050 Castello d’Argile, Italy


    Name of manufacturer

    Alliance Production

    Address of manufacturer

    4 BOULEVARD DEODAT DE SEVERAC, 31770 COLOMIERS, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    4 BOULEVARD DEODAT DE SEVERAC, 31770 COLOMIERS, France


    Name of manufacturer

    URQUIMIA S.L.

    Address of manufacturer

    POL. IND. DE ARASO C/ERREGEOIANA 2G, 20305 Irún, Guipúzcoa, Spain

    Location of manufacturing sites

    POL. IND. DE ARASO C/ERREGEOIANA 2G, 20305 Irún, Guipúzcoa, Spain


    Name of manufacturer

    Kalon Mantenimiento Industrial S.A.

    Address of manufacturer

    Avenida de la Industria 4, 28823 Coslada, Madrid, Spain

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Avenida de la Industria 4, 28823 Coslada, Madrid, Spain


    Name of manufacturer

    Filtrotech Sarl

    Address of manufacturer

    Route des Jeunes 5D, 1227 Les Acacias / Genève, Switzerland

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Route des Jeunes 5D, 1227 Les Acacias / Genève, Switzerland


    Name of manufacturer

    Helamin France Sarl

    Address of manufacturer

    Le Technoparc, 135 rue Thomas-Edison, 01630 Saint Genis Pouilly, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Le Technoparc, 135 rue Thomas-Edison, 01630 Saint Genis Pouilly, France


    Name of manufacturer

    Odyssée Environnement

    Address of manufacturer

    Z.A de la Belle Croix, 72510 Requeil, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Z.A de la Belle Croix, 72510 Requeil, France


    Name of manufacturer

    MSGA SERVIVAP

    Address of manufacturer

    50 Rue Jean Zay Bâtiment D1, 69800 ST PRIEST, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    50 Rue Jean Zay Bâtiment D1, 69800 ST PRIEST, France


    Name of manufacturer

    TECNA ACONDICIONAMIENTOS DE AGUA S.A

    Address of manufacturer

    Letxumborro Hiribidea, 52, 20305 Irun, Guipúzcoa, Spain

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Letxumborro Hiribidea, 52, 20305 Irun, Guipúzcoa, Spain


    Name of manufacturer

    h2o facilities sa

    Address of manufacturer

    av. des Grandes-Communes 8, CH-1213 Petit-Lancy, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    av. des Grandes-Communes 8, CH-1213 Petit-Lancy, France


    Name of manufacturer

    FUPINAX S.L.

    Address of manufacturer

    Polígono Industrial El Saladar I, C/ Molina, Nave 4, 30564 Lorquí, Spain

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Polígono Industrial El Saladar I, C/ Molina, Nave 4, 30564 Lorquí, Spain


    Name of manufacturer

    Tresch/ chassieu

    Address of manufacturer

    3 Rue Blaise Pascal, 69680 Chassieu, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    3 Rue Blaise Pascal, 69680 Chassieu, France


    Name of manufacturer

    DUPUY

    Address of manufacturer

    42 Rue Saint Martin, 08400 Quatre Champs, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    42 Rue Saint Martin, 08400 Quatre Champs, France


    Name of manufacturer

    SUEZ Water Technologies and Solutions Belgium BVBA

    Address of manufacturer

    Toekomstlaan 54, Industriepark Wolfstee, 2200 HERENTALS, Belgium

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Toekomstlaan 54, Industriepark Wolfstee, 2200 HERENTALS, Belgium


    Name of manufacturer

    Buckman Laboratories (Pty)Ltd

    Address of manufacturer

    1 Buckman Boulevard, 3700 Hammarsdale, South Africa

    Location of manufacturing sites

    1 Buckman Boulevard, 3700 Hammarsdale, South Africa


    Name of manufacturer

    EAUTEX

    Address of manufacturer

    28 RUE KELLERMANN, 59100 ROUBAIX, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    28 RUE KELLERMANN, 59100 ROUBAIX, France


    Name of manufacturer

    Hydrogel-Chemie Wasseraufbereitungs-Gesellschaft mbH

    Address of manufacturer

    Zur Mersch 19, 59457 Werl, Germany

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Zur Mersch 19, 59457 Werl, Germany


    Name of manufacturer

    sceo

    Address of manufacturer

    ZA PECHNAUQUIE SUD, 31340 VILLEMR SUR TARN, France

    Location of manufacturing sites

    ZA PECHNAUQUIE SUD, 31340 VILLEMR SUR TARN, France


    Name of manufacturer

    Nutrition & Biosciences (Switzerland) GmbH

    Address of manufacturer

    Wolleraustrasse 15-17, CH-8807 Freienbach, Switzerland

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Haven 1931 Geslecht, 9130 Kallo, Belgium

    Madoerastraat 10, 3199 KR Maasvlakte Rotterdam, Netherlands

    1.5.   Manufacturer(s) of the active substance(s)

    Active substance

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

    Name of manufacturer

    Jiangsu FOPIA Chemicals Co., Ltd

    Address of manufacturer

    Touzeng Village, 224555 Binhuai Town, Binhai County, Yancheng City, Jiangsu, China

    Location of manufacturing sites

    Touzeng Village, 224555 Binhuai Town, Binhai County, Yancheng City, Jiangsu, China

    2.   PRODUCT FAMILY COMPOSITION AND FORMULATION

    2.1.   Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the family

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Min

    Max

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    2,2

    20,9

    2.2.   Type(s) of formulation

    Formulation(s)

    AL - Any other liquid

    PART II

    SECOND INFORMATION LEVEL - META SPC(S)

    META SPC 1

    1.   META SPC 1 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION

    1.1.   Meta SPC 1 identifier

    Identifier

    meta-SPC 1 KATHON 13-15 Mg

    1.2.   Suffix to the authorisation number

    Number

    1-1

    1.3.   Product type(s)

    Product type(s)

    PT02 - Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals (Disinfectants)

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    PT13 - Working or cutting fluid preservatives (Preservatives)

    2.   META SPC 1 COMPOSITION

    2.1.   Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the meta SPC 1

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Min

    Max

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    18,8

    20,9

    2.2.   Type(s) of formulation of the meta SPC 1

    Formulation(s)

    AL - Any other liquid

    3.   HAZARD AND PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS OF THE META SPC 1

    Hazard statements

    Harmful if swallowed. Harmful if inhaled.

    Toxic in contact with skin.

    Causes severe skin burns and eye damage.

    May cause an allergic skin reaction.

    Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

    Corrosive to the respiratory tract.

    May be corrosive to metals.

    Precautionary statements

    Do not breathe fume.

    Wash skin thoroughly after handling.

    Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product.

    Use only outdoors or in a well-ventilated area.

    Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace.

    Avoid release to the environment.

    Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/ face protection/ hearing protection.

    Rinse mouth.

    IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of water.

    Take off contaminated clothing. And wash it before reuse.

    IF SWALLOWED: Call a Poison Center or doctor if you feel unwell.

    If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice.

    IF SWALLOWED: Rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting.

    IF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water.

    IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing.

    Immediately call a Poison Center / doctor.

    IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing.

    Collect spillage.

    Store locked up.

    Keep only in original packaging.

    Absorb spillage to prevent material damage.

    Store in a corrosion-resistant container with a resistant inner liner.

    4.   AUTHORISED USE(S) OF THE META SPC 1

    4.1.   Use description

    Table 1

    Use # 1 – Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems

    Product type

    PT02 - Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals (Disinfectants)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including L. pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Common name: Algae

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Outdoor

    Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems.

    Air conditioning systems and in air washer systems to preserve the sump water. Air washer systems are used extensively in textile factories and in the tobacco industry to scrub or clean the air and for fine control of temperature and humidity.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Automatic and Manual Dosing

    The biocidal product is typically added in a central chilled water sump which supplies several air washers. The loading process may be conducted either manually or by automation. In the automated process, the biocide is metered directly into the sump from a holding tank or other type of bulk container by a dosimeter (pump). The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi. When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Preventive application: algae When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi

    When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine.

    Contact time of 1 hour.

    Preventive application: algae

    When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated.

    Regardless of the manner of treatment, the total concentration of the active ingredient C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in the system should not exceed 14,9 mg/L in the sump water.

    Preliminary steps prior to addition:

    The biocidal product is automatically dosed to the system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of the biocidal product into the dosing systems.

    Application Frequency:

    Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    High Density Poly Ethylene (HDPE) flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE Intermediate bulk container (IBC): 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.1.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.).

    The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice.

    4.1.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of personal protective equipment (PPE) and application of technical and organisational risk mitigation measures (RMM):

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.1.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.1.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.1.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.   Use description

    Table 2

    Use # 2 – Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers

    Product type

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers

    The biocidal product is used for the preservation of process fluids in pasteurisers and conveyor belts used in food industry. The biocidal product is used in these systems to either control or kill bacteria and fungi.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Automated dosing

    The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt).

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine Preventive application: Bacteria: When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi

    When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine.

    Contact time of 1 hour.

    Preventive application: Bacteria:

    When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated.

    Preliminary steps prior to addition:

    The biocidal product is automatically dosed to system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of containers containing the biocidal product into the dosing systems.

    Application Frequency:

    Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.2.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.).

    The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice.

    4.2.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.2.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.   Use description

    Table 3

    Use # 3 – Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water

    Product type

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water

    The C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal product is recommended for controlling biological growth in off-line trains reverse osmosis membranes producing potable water for extended periods of time.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    It is recommended that fouled membranes be cleaned prior to shut-down and preservation. Please refer to RO /NF supplier manual for membrane cleaning and system shutdown procedures.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time.

    Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with the permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution.

    Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: 7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.3.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.).

    Prior to taking the membranes back on-line, flush carefully the elements with permeate water in order to eliminate all the residual biocidal product.

    4.3.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During mixing and loading and cleaning of the whole system, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information)

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.3.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.   Use description

    Table 4

    Use # 4 – Preservation of paints and coatings

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of paints and coatings

    (including electrodeposition)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in coatings applied by an electrodeposition process and associated rinse systems and in water-based paints and coatings in storage containers before use.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional paints and general public paints:

    7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.4.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public.

    4.4.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (Mixing and Loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 to be added in paints used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.4.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.   Use description

    Table 5

    Use # 5 – Preservation of detergents and household products

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of detergents (washing and cleaning fluids) and household products.

    The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in detergents and cleaning fluids (i.e. hard surface cleaners (all-purpose cleaners), hand dish washing products, fabric softeners, laundry detergents), products used for car care, floor care, waxes, hard surface cleaners, pre-moistened sponges or mops, and the surfactants used in these types of products.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional and general public uses: 6-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Institutional and Household products:

    (detergents, cleaners, softeners, etc.)

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional and general public uses:

    6-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.5.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public.

    4.5.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 to be added in detergents and household products used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.5.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.   Use description

    Table 6

    Use # 6 – Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - Curative treatment

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production -

    The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria in textile additives (woven and non-woven, natural and synthetic including silicone emulsions) processing chemicals, all chemicals used in the leather process industry and paper additives (e.g. water pigment pastes, starch, natural gums, synthetic and natural latexes, sizing agents, coating binders, retention aids, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, wet-strength resins) used in paper mills. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Curative treatment:

    16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product

    Contact time: 24 hours

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.6.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.6.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.6.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.   Use description

    Table 7

    Use # 7 – Preservation of glues and adhesives

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of glues and adhesives

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in water-soluble and water-dispersed synthetic and natural adhesives and tackifiers in storage containers before use

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    General public uses:

    8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.7.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.7.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of glues and adhesives being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.7.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.   Use description

    Table 8

    Use # 8 – Preservation of polymer lattices

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of polymer latexes

    The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in the manufacture, storage, and transport of latexes, synthetic polymers including Hydrolysed Poly Acryl Amide (HPAM) and biopolymers (e.g. xanthan, dextran.) natural latexes.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses

    14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.8.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.8.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of polymer lattices being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.8.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.9.   Use description

    Table 9

    Use # 9 – Preservation of biocides and fertilizers

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of biocides and fertilizers

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in fertilizers and biocidal products.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.9.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.9.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of biocides and fertilizers being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.9.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.9.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.9.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.10.   Use description

    Table 10

    Use # 10 – Preservation of mineral slurries

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of mineral slurries

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in aqueous-based inorganic/mineral slurries and inorganic pigments which are formulated into paints, coatings and paper.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.10.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.10.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of mineral slurries being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.10.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.10.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.10.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.11.   Use description

    Table 11

    Use # 11 – Preservation of building products applied indoor only

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of building (construction) products (including sealants, caulks, plasters etc.)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in building (construction) products (sealants, caulks, biopolymers, plasters, fillers, admixtures concrete additives, joints compounds,.).

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed.

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.11.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.11.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    This use is restricted to the preservation of building material applied indoor only.

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of building products being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.11.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.11.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.11.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.12.   Use description

    Table 12

    Use # 12 – Preservation of electronic chemicals – Curative treatment

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of electronic chemicals

    The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria, yeasts and fungi in electronic chemicals as Chemical Mechanical Polishing (CMP) silica slurries.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 10-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses

    Curative treatment:

    10-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    Contact time: 7 days

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.12.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.12.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of electronic chemicals being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.12.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.12.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.12.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.13.   Use description

    Table 13

    Use # 13 – Preservation of inks

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of inks

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in inks and ink components (printing inks lithographic, photographic, ink-jet fluids, water based dampening or fountain solutions inks used for textile printing). The biocidal product inhibits the growth of microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odour formation, viscosity alteration, product discolouration and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    General public uses:

    6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.13.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.13.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of inks being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.13.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.13.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.13.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.14.   Use description

    Table 14

    Use # 14 – Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives)

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in functional fluids such as brake and hydraulic fluids, antifreeze additives, corrosion inhibitors, spinning fluids. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.14.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.14.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc…) being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.14.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.14.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.14.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.15.   Use description

    Table 15

    Use # 15 – Preservation of laboratory reagents

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of laboratory reagents .

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in laboratory reagents.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 1 L

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.15.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.15.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of laboratory reagents being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.15.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.15.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.15.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.16.   Use description

    Table 16

    Use # 16 – Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria of reverse osmosis and nanofiltration membranes producing industrial water for extended periods of time.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to ensure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time.

    Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution. Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: 7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1).

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1).

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.16.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    4.16.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system with water prior to perform the maintenance of the system.

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.16.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.16.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.16.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.17.   Use description

    Table 17

    Use # 17 – Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems (Closed re-circulating cooling water systems comprise compressor cooling, air conditioning chilled water, boilers, engine jacket cooling, power supply cooling, and other industrial processes).

    The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobes and anaerobes bacteria, yeast, fungi, and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours - against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours.- against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative efficacy:

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 48 hours

    Preventive efficacy:

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.17.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.17.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.17.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.17.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.17.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.18.   Use description

    Table 18

    Use # 18 – Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria)

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems (blowdown and recirculating flow rates, as well as total volume of water limited to 2 m3/h, and 100 m3/h and 300 m3 respectively)

    Process and cooling water: Used to control the growth of bacteria, algae, fungi and biofilm

    Application method(s)

    Method: Open system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against fungi (including yeast) at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: - against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    Preventive treatment:

    against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.18.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.18.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    Cooling fluid must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    The product can only be used when the cooling towers are equipped with drift eliminators that reduce the drift at least by 99 %.

    4.18.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.18.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.18.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.19.   Use description

    Table 19

    Use # 19 – Preservation of liquids used in pasteurizers, conveyor belts and air washers

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria)

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in non-food pasteurizers and conveyor belts, air washers.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt). The feeding pipe is used to dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: -against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    Preventive treatment:

    Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.19.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    Air washers: For use only in industrial air-washer systems that maintain effective mist eliminating components.

    4.19.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.19.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.19.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.19.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.20.   Use description

    Table 20

    Use # 20 – Preservation of wood treatment solutions

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Scientific name: fungi

    Common name: other

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of wood treatment solutions for application on wood of classes 1, 2 and 3 only. The biocidal product is used as a preservative for aqueous wood preservative treatment solution during the wet-state process used in timber treatment solutions.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.20.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    The biocidal product is not intended to function as a wood preservative against wood destroying fungus relative to product type 8.

    4.20.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning phases, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The product shall not be used in a wood treatment solution to be applied to wood which may come in direct contact with food, feeding stuff and livestock animals

    The product can be used to preserve wood treatment solutions for the treatment of wood in use classes 1, 2 and 3 only.

    The product can be used in a wood treatment solution where the industrial application processes of wood treatment can be carried out within a contained area situated on impermeable hard standing with bunding to prevent run-off and a recovery system in place (e.g. sump).

    The product can be used in wood treatment solutions for the preservation of freshly treated timber, which after treatment is stored under shelter or on impermeable hard standing, or both, to prevent direct losses to soil, sewer or water. Any losses of wood treatment solution shall be collected for reuse or disposal.

    The product can be used only in wood treatment solutions for industrial application if these cannot be released to soil, ground- and surface water or any kind of sewer and the wood treatment solutions and/or the product are collected and reused or disposed of as hazardous waste.

    The biocidal product can be used only in wood treatment solutions used for the treatment of objects or materials which are stored until completely dried on impermeable ground and under roof, to avoid leakage into the soil.

    4.20.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.20.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.20.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.21.   Use description

    Table 21

    Use # 21 – Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile and fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile, fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems

    C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal products are used for the preservation of textile and spinning fluids, photo processing solutions, leather process (e.g. washing and soaking treatment stages) and printing fountain solutions to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination in the bulk solution.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The preservation of all end-products is performed in most cases highly automated by industrial users

    The biocidal product is added to the central sump, basin or recirculating lines in an area with adequate mixing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid

    Contact time 5 days

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.21.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.21.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    Liquids used in textile and fiber processing fluids must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    Recirculating liquids in photoprocessing systems and fountain solution systems must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    4.21.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.21.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.21.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.22.   Use description

    Table 22

    Use # 22 – Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems.

    The biocidal product is used for preservation of fluids in pre- treatment processes (Cleaning treatment for grease removal and soil, degreasing Phosphating process, Rinse off tanks) paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems (e.g. cataphoretic baths) applied in Car Refinishing and Original equipment Car Manufacturing to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination from bacteria and fungi in the bulk solution.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product.

    The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.22.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.22.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.22.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.22.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.22.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.23.   Use description

    Table 23

    Use # 23 – Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (anaerobes and aerobes (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework. Pre-commission biocide flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects.

    Closed recirculating heating systems: pre-commission biocidal product flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects. The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, fungi and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems. Closed systems are less susceptible to corrosion, scaling and biological fouling than open systems. However microbial problems can occur, if the system is left filled and untreated. This is due to the presence of nitrite and glycols used as nutrients by microbes.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing. The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit the evaporation of the biocidal product.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment - against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila) - against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Preventive treatment - against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila)

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours

    Preventive treatment

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water and against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.23.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.23.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.23.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.23.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.23.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.24.   Use description

    Table 24

    Use # 24 – Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.)

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Outdoor

    Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.)

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water: Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds: Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water:

    Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds:

    Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.24.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.24.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.24.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.24.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.24.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.25.   Use description

    Table 25

    Use # 25 – Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper

    Product type

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper. Recycling paper /deinking paper mills. Deinking process is a manufacturing paper process of removing printing inks from waste paper-fibers to produce deinked pulp.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product is automatically dosed by pump and fixed pipes into the circuit, usually in the pulper below the water level.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated

    Contact time: 24 hours

    Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.25.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.25.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.25.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.25.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.25.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.26.   Use description

    Table 26

    Use # 26 – Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of paper manufacturing process

    Product type

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process (paper mills, wet-end stage (water circuits), and paper mills process system).

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated

    Contact time: 24 hours

    Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.26.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.26.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The use of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) containing products for the slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process is restricted to

    (a)

    curative treatments in plants connected to a slimicide-free water from a pulp mill and only for the treatment of the short circulation of the paper mill; and

    (b)

    preventive treatments,

    and, for both cases, only if the factory’s waste water is purified in an on-site (full) industrial sewage treatment plant with a minimal capacity of 5 000 m3 per day as described in the Industrial Emission Directive 2010/75/EU (Best Available Techniques for the production of pulp, paper and board) and if a dilution of at least 200 times in surface water is achieved after the industrial sewage treatment plant.

    4.26.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.26.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.26.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.27.   Use description

    Table 27

    Use # 27 – Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes

    Product type

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Biocidal product application on a routine basis will prevent biofilm growth on Reverse Osmosis or Nano Filtration membrane surfaces, feed spacer, filter media and pipework. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the feed water at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.27.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.27.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    4.27.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.27.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.27.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.28.   Use description

    Table 28

    Use # 28 – Products to control microbial deterioration in fluids used for working or cutting metal, glass or other materials

    Product type

    PT13 - Working or cutting fluid preservatives (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Products to control microbial deterioration in fluids used for working or cutting metal, glass or other materials

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and fungi in fluids used for metalworking fluids (cutting, grinding, rolling, drawing, etc.) metal surface treatment (aqueous multipurpose and de-watering rust cleaner fluids, etc.) and cutting fluids for glass or other materials.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. Preventive treatment: When control is obtained, adding 10 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated.

    Contact time: 24 h

    Preventive treatment:

    When control is obtained, adding 10 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.28.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.28.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.28.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.28.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.28.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    5.   GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR USE (1) OF THE META SPC 1

    5.1.   Instructions for use

    The duration of the effect is dependent on the performance requirements of the customer for their preserved material and on the specific ingredients composition and pH of the preserved product.

    Always read the label or leaflet before use and follow all the instructions provided.

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.)

    PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORT:

    Keep in a well-ventilated place. The product as supplied may evolve gas (largely carbon dioxide) slowly. To prevent the buildup of pressure the product is packaged in specially vented containers, where necessary. Keep this product in the original container when not in use. Container must be stored and transported in an upright position to prevent spilling the contents through the vent, where fitted.

    5.2.   Risk mitigation measures

    5.3.   Particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    Skin contact: Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash contaminated skin with water. Contact poison treatment specialist if symptoms occur.

    Eye contact: Immediately flush with plenty of water, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. Check for and remove any contact lenses if easy to do. Continue to rinse with tepid water for at least 30 minutes. Call 112/ambulance for medical assistance.

    Ingestion: Wash out mouth with water. Contact poison treatment specialist. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been ingested. Do not give fluids or induce vomiting.

    Inhalation (of spray mist): Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been inhaled.

    In case of impaired consciousness place in recovery position and seek medical advice immediately.

    Keep the container or label available.

    5.4.   Instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    Do not discharge unused product on the ground, into water courses, into pipes (e.g. sink, toilets) nor down the drains.

    Dispose of unused product, its packaging and all other waste, in accordance with local regulations.

    5.5.   Conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place, in the original container.

    Protect from frost

    Shelf-life: 24 months

    Protect from sunlight.

    Recommendation: If a metal packaging is used, a varnish layer should be applied.

    6.   OTHER INFORMATION

    7.   THIRD INFORMATION LEVEL: INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS IN THE META SPC 1

    7.1.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ WT BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ WT

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™LX BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ LX

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ LX Microbicide

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™886MW BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ 886 F BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    Bansan 160

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT1400WT

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT1400LX

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT1400MW

    Market area: EU

    KT1400MW

    Market area: EU

    KT1400WT

    Market area: EU

    Hydrex™ 7320

    Market area: EU

    MIRECIDE-KW/650

    Market area: EU

    obbio211

    Market area: EU

    AQUACIDE C 140

    Market area: EU

    AQUACIDE C 15

    Market area: EU

    AQUACIDE C 21

    Market area: EU

    AQUACIDE C 30

    Market area: EU

    BAC 416

    Market area: EU

    BIOSTOP 140

    Market area: EU

    BIOSTOP 15

    Market area: EU

    BIOSTOP 21

    Market area: EU

    BIOSTOP 30

    Market area: EU

    CAT 3693

    Market area: EU

    GWC 3363

    Market area: EU

    GWC 3630

    Market area: EU

    GWE 3693

    Market area: EU

    IWC BACTERICIDE 416

    Market area: EU

    Isocil® 14

    Market area: EU

    France Algue 232

    Market area: EU

    KT1400LX

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0001 1-1

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    20,3

    7.2.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ CF 1400 BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT1400

    Market area: EU

    KT1400

    Market area: EU

    ‘hygel’ KW 60 B ATESTEO

    Market area: EU

    Isocil® Ultra 14

    Market area: EU

    MK3201

    Market area: EU

    FINEAMIN

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0002 1-1

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    20,5

    META SPC 2

    1.   META SPC 2 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION

    1.1.   Meta SPC 2 identifier

    Identifier

    meta-SPC 2 KATHON 13-15 Na

    1.2.   Suffix to the authorisation number

    Number

    1-2

    1.3.   Product type(s)

    Product type(s)

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    2.   META SPC 2 COMPOSITION

    2.1.   Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the meta SPC 2

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Min

    Max

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    18,8

    20,9

    2.2.   Type(s) of formulation of the meta SPC 2

    Formulation(s)

    AL - Any other liquid

    3.   HAZARD AND PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS OF THE META SPC 2

    Hazard statements

    May be corrosive to metals.

    Harmful if swallowed. Harmful if inhaled.

    Toxic in contact with skin.

    Causes severe skin burns and eye damage.

    May cause an allergic skin reaction.

    Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

    Corrosive to the respiratory tract.

    Precautionary statements

    Do not breathe fume.

    Wash skin thoroughly after handling.

    Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product.

    Use only outdoors or in a well-ventilated area.

    Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace.

    Avoid release to the environment.

    Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/ face protection/ hearing protection.

    Rinse mouth.

    IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of water.

    Take off contaminated clothing. And wash it before reuse.

    IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTER or doctor if you feel unwell.

    If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice.

    IF SWALLOWED: Rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting.

    IF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water.

    IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing.

    Immediately call a POISON CENTER/ doctor.

    IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing.

    Collect spillage.

    Store locked up.

    Keep only in original packaging.

    Absorb spillage to prevent material damage.

    Store in a corrosion-resistant container with a resistant inner liner.

    4.   AUTHORISED USE(S) OF THE META SPC 2

    4.1.   Use description

    Table 29

    Use # 1 – Preservation of paints and coatings

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of paints and coatings

    (including electrodeposition)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in coatings applied by an electrodeposition process and associated rinse systems and in water-based paints and coatings in storage containers before use.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional paints and general public paints:

    7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.1.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public.

    4.1.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (Mixing and Loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 to be added in paints used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.1.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.1.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.1.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.   Use description

    Table 30

    Use # 2 – Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - Curative treatment

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production -

    The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria in textile additives (woven and non-woven, natural and synthetic including silicone emulsions) processing chemicals, all chemicals used in the leather process industry and paper additives (e.g. water pigment pastes, starch, natural gums, synthetic and natural latexes, sizing agents, coating binders, retention aids, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, wet-strength resins) used in paper mills. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Curative treatment:

    16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product

    Contact time: 24 hours

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.2.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.2.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.2.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.   Use description

    Table 31

    Use # 3 – Preservation of glues and adhesives

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of glues and adhesives

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in water-soluble and water-dispersed synthetic and natural adhesives and tackifiers in storage containers before use

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    General public uses:

    8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.3.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.3.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of glues and adhesives being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.3.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.   Use description

    Table 32

    Use # 4 – Preservation of polymer lattices

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of polymer latexes

    The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in the manufacture, storage, and transport of latexes, synthetic polymers including Hydrolysed Poly Acryl Amide (HPAM) and biopolymers (e.g. xanthan, dextran.) natural latexes.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses

    14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.4.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.4.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of polymer lattices being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.4.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.   Use description

    Table 33

    Use # 5 – Preservation of mineral slurries

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of mineral slurries

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in aqueous-based inorganic/mineral slurries and inorganic pigments which are formulated into paints, coatings and paper.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.5.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.5.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of mineral slurries being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.5.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.   Use description

    Table 34

    Use # 6 – Preservation of building products applied indoor only

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of building (construction) products (including sealants, caulks, plasters etc.)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in building (construction) products (sealants, caulks, biopolymers, plasters, fillers, admixtures concrete additives, joints compounds,.).

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed.

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.6.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.6.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    This use is restricted to the preservation of building material applied indoor only.

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of building products being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.6.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.   Use description

    Table 35

    Use # 7 – Preservation of inks

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of inks

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in inks and ink components (printing inks lithographic, photographic, ink-jet fluids, water based dampening or fountain solutions inks used for textile printing). The biocidal product inhibits the growth of microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odour formation, viscosity alteration, product discolouration and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    General public uses:

    6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:- HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)- HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)- Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L- HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.7.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.7.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of inks being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.7.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.   Use description

    Table 36

    Use # 8 – Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives)

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in functional fluids such as brake and hydraulic fluids, antifreeze additives, corrosion inhibitors, spinning fluids. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.8.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.8.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc…) being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.8.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    5.   GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR USE (2) OF THE META SPC 2

    5.1.   Instructions for use

    The duration of the effect is dependent on the performance requirements of the customer for their preserved material and on the specific ingredients composition and pH of the preserved product.

    Always read the label or leaflet before use and follow all the instructions provided.

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.)

    PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORT:

    Keep in a well-ventilated place. The product as supplied may evolve gas (largely carbon dioxide) slowly. To prevent the buildup of pressure the product is packaged in specially vented containers, where necessary. Keep this product in the original container when not in use. Container must be stored and transported in an upright position to prevent spilling the contents through the vent, where fitted.

    5.2.   Risk mitigation measures

    5.3.   Particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    Skin contact: Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash contaminated skin with water. Contact poison treatment specialist if symptoms occur.

    Eye contact: Immediately flush with plenty of water, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. Check for and remove any contact lenses if easy to do. Continue to rinse with tepid water for at least 30 minutes. Call 112/ambulance for medical assistance.

    Ingestion: Wash out mouth with water. Contact poison treatment specialist. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been ingested. Do not give fluids or induce vomiting.

    Inhalation (of spray mist): Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been inhaled.

    In case of impaired consciousness place in recovery position and seek medical advice immediately.

    Keep the container or label available.

    5.4.   Instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    Do not discharge unused product on the ground, into water courses, into pipes (e.g. sink, toilets) nor down the drains.

    Dispose of unused product, its packaging and all other waste, in accordance with local regulations.

    5.5.   Conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place, in the original container.

    Protect from frost

    Shelf-life: 6 months

    Protect from sunlight.

    Recommendation: If a metal packaging is used, a varnish layer should be applied.

    6.   OTHER INFORMATION

    7.   THIRD INFORMATION LEVEL: INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS IN THE META SPC 2

    7.1.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ LX 1400 Biocide

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ LX 1400

    Market area: EU

    AQUACIDE C 15 P

    Market area: EU

    AQUACIDE C 21 P

    Market area: EU

    AQUACIDE C 30 P

    Market area: EU

    AQUACIDE C 140 P

    Market area: EU

    BAC 416 P

    Market area: EU

    BIOSTOP 140 P

    Market area: EU

    BIOSTOP 15 P

    Market area: EU

    BIOSTOP 21 P

    Market area: EU

    BIOSTOP 30 P

    Market area: EU

    CAT 3693 P

    Market area: EU

    GWC 3363 P

    Market area: EU

    GWC 3630 P

    Market area: EU

    GWE 3693 P

    Market area: EU

    IWC BACTERICIDE 416 P

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0003 1-2

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    20,5

    META SPC 3

    1.   META SPC 3 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION

    1.1.   Meta SPC 3 identifier

    Identifier

    meta-SPC 3 KATHON 1.5-4.5 Mg

    1.2.   Suffix to the authorisation number

    Number

    1-3

    1.3.   Product type(s)

    Product type(s)

    PT02 - Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals (Disinfectants)

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    PT13 - Working or cutting fluid preservatives (Preservatives)

    2.   META SPC 3 COMPOSITION

    2.1.   Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the meta SPC 3

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Min

    Max

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    2,2

    6,5

    2.2.   Type(s) of formulation of the meta SPC 3

    Formulation(s)

    AL - Any other liquid

    3.   HAZARD AND PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS OF THE META SPC 3

    Hazard statements

    Harmful if inhaled.

    Causes severe skin burns and eye damage.

    May cause an allergic skin reaction.

    Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

    Corrosive to the respiratory tract.

    May be corrosive to metals.

    Harmful if swallowed.

    Precautionary statements

    Do not breathe fume.

    Wash skin thoroughly after handling.

    Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product.

    Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace.

    Avoid release to the environment.

    Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/ face protection/ hearing protection.

    Take off contaminated clothing. And wash it before reuse.

    If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice.

    IF SWALLOWED: Rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting.

    IF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water.

    IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing.

    Immediately call a POISON CENTER/ doctor.

    IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing.

    Collect spillage.

    Store locked up.

    Keep only in original packaging.

    IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTER/ doctor if you feel unwell.

    Store in a corrosion-resistant container with a resistant inner liner.

    Absorb spillage to prevent material damage.

    4.   AUTHORISED USE(S) OF THE META SPC 3

    4.1.   Use description

    Table 37

    Use # 1 – Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems

    Product type

    PT02 - Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals (Disinfectants)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Common name: Algae

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Outdoor

    Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems.

    Air conditioning systems and in air washer systems to preserve the sump water. Air washer systems are used extensively in textile factories and in the tobacco industry to scrub or clean the air and for fine control of temperature and humidity.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Open and closed Systems

    Detailed description:

    Automatic and Manual Dosing

    The biocidal product is typically added in a central chilled water sump which supplies several air washers. The loading process may be conducted either manually or by automation. In the automated process, the biocide is metered directly into the sump from a holding tank or other type of bulk container by a dosimeter (pump). The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi. When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Preventive application: algae When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi

    When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine.

    Contact time of 1 hour.

    Preventive application: algae

    When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated.

    Regardless of the manner of treatment, the total concentration of the active ingredient C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in the system should not exceed 14,9 mg/L in the sump water.

    Preliminary steps prior to addition:

    The biocidal product is automatically dosed to the system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of the biocidal product into the dosing systems.

    Application Frequency:

    Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.1.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.).

    The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice.

    4.1.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.1.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.1.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.1.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.   Use description

    Table 38

    Use # 2 – Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers

    Product type

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers

    The biocidal product is used for the preservation of process fluids in pasteurisers and conveyor belts used in food industry. The biocidal product is used in these systems to either control or kill bacteria and fungi.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Automated dosing

    The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt).

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine Preventive application: Bacteria: When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi

    When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine.

    Contact time of 1 hour.

    Preventive application: Bacteria:

    When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated.

    Preliminary steps prior to addition:

    The biocidal product is automatically dosed to system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of containers containing the biocidal product into the dosing systems.

    Application Frequency:

    Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.2.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.).

    The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice.

    4.2.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.2.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.   Use description

    Table 39

    Use # 3 – Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water

    Product type

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water

    The C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal product is recommended for controlling biological growth in off-line trains reverse osmosis membranes producing potable water for extended periods of time.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    It is recommended that fouled membranes be cleaned prior to shut-down and preservation. Please refer to RO /NF supplier manual for membrane cleaning and system shutdown procedures.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time.

    Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with the permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution.

    Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: 7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.3.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.).

    Prior to taking the membranes back on-line, flush carefully the elements with permeate water in order to eliminate all the residual biocidal product.

    4.3.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During mixing and loading and cleaning of the whole system, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.3.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.   Use description

    Table 40

    Use # 4 – Preservation of paints and coatings

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of paints and coatings

    (including electrodeposition)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in coatings applied by an electrodeposition process and associated rinse systems and in water-based paints and coatings in storage containers before use.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional paints and general public paints:

    7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.4.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public.

    4.4.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (Mixing and Loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 to be added in paints used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.4.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.   Use description

    Table 41

    Use # 5 – Preservation of detergents and household products

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of detergents (washing and cleaning fluids) and household products.

    The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in detergents and cleaning fluids (i.e. hard surface cleaners (all-purpose cleaners), hand dish washing products, fabric softeners, laundry detergents), products used for car care, floor care, waxes, hard surface cleaners, pre-moistened sponges or mops, and the surfactants used in these types of products.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional and general public uses: 6-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Institutional and Household products:

    (detergents, cleaners, softeners, etc.)

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional and general public uses:

    6-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.5.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public.

    4.5.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 to be added in detergents and household products used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.5.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.   Use description

    Table 42

    Use # 6 – Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - Curative treatment

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production -

    The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria in textile additives (woven and non-woven, natural and synthetic including silicone emulsions) processing chemicals, all chemicals used in the leather process industry and paper additives (e.g. water pigment pastes, starch, natural gums, synthetic and natural latexes, sizing agents, coating binders, retention aids, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, wet-strength resins) used in paper mills. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Curative treatment:

    16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product

    Contact time: 24 hours

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.6.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.6.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.6.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.   Use description

    Table 43

    Use # 7 – Preservation of glues and adhesives

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of glues and adhesives

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in water-soluble and water-dispersed synthetic and natural adhesives and tackifiers in storage containers before use

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    General public uses:

    8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.7.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.7.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of glues and adhesives being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.7.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.   Use description

    Table 44

    Use # 8 – Preservation of polymer lattices

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of polymer latexes

    The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in the manufacture, storage, and transport of latexes, synthetic polymers including Hydrolysed Poly Acryl Amide (HPAM) and biopolymers (e.g. xanthan, dextran.) natural latexes.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses

    14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.8.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.8.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of polymer lattices being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.8.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.9.   Use description

    Table 45

    Use # 9 – Preservation of biocides and fertilizers

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of biocides and fertilizers

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in fertilizers and biocidal products.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.9.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.9.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of biocides and fertilizers being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.9.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.9.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.9.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.10.   Use description

    Table 46

    Use # 10 – Preservation of mineral slurries

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of mineral slurries

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in aqueous-based inorganic/mineral slurries and inorganic pigments which are formulated into paints, coatings and paper.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.10.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.10.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of mineral slurries being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.10.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.10.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.10.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.11.   Use description

    Table 47

    Use # 11 – Preservation of building products applied indoor only

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of building (construction) products (including sealants, caulks, plasters etc.)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in building (construction) products (sealants, caulks, biopolymers, plasters, fillers, admixtures concrete additives, joints compounds,.).

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed.

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.11.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.11.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    This use is restricted to the preservation of building material applied indoor only.

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of building products being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.11.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.11.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.11.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.12.   Use description

    Table 48

    Use # 12 – Preservation of electronic chemicals – Curative treatment

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of electronic chemicals

    The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria, yeasts and fungi in electronic chemicals as Chemical Mechanical Polishing (CMP) silica slurries.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 10-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses

    Curative treatment:

    10-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    Contact time: 7 days

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.12.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.12.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of electronic chemicals being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.12.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.12.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.12.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.13.   Use description

    Table 49

    Use # 13 – Preservation of inks

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of inks

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in inks and ink components (printing inks lithographic, photographic, ink-jet fluids, water based dampening or fountain solutions inks used for textile printing). The biocidal product inhibits the growth of microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odour formation, viscosity alteration, product discolouration and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    General public uses:

    6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:- HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)- HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)- Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L- HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.13.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.13.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of inks being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.13.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.13.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.13.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.14.   Use description

    Table 50

    Use # 14 – Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives)

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in functional fluids such as brake and hydraulic fluids, antifreeze additives, corrosion inhibitors, spinning fluids. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.14.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.14.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc…) being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.14.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.14.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.14.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.15.   Use description

    Table 51

    Use # 15 – Preservation of laboratory reagents

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of laboratory reagents .

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in laboratory reagents.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 1 L

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.15.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.15.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of laboratory reagents being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.15.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.15.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.15.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.16.   Use description

    Table 52

    Use # 16 – Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria of reverse osmosis and nanofiltration membranes producing industrial water for extended periods of time.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to ensure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time.

    Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution. Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: 7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1).

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1).

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.16.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    4.16.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system with water prior to perform the maintenance of the system.

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.16.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.16.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.16.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.17.   Use description

    Table 53

    Use # 17 – Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems (Closed re-circulating cooling water systems comprise compressor cooling, air conditioning chilled water, boilers, engine jacket cooling, power supply cooling, and other industrial processes).

    The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobes and anaerobes bacteria, yeast, fungi, and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours - against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours.- against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative efficacy:

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 48 hours

    Preventive efficacy:

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.17.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.17.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.17.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.17.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.17.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.18.   Use description

    Table 54

    Use # 18 – Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria)

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems (blowdown and recirculating flow rates, as well as total volume of water limited to 2 m3/h, and 100 m3/h and 300 m3 respectively)

    Process and cooling water: Used to control the growth of bacteria, algae, fungi and biofilm

    Application method(s)

    Method: Open system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against fungi (including yeast) at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: - against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    Preventive treatment:

    against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.18.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.18.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    Cooling fluid must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    The product can only be used when the cooling towers are equipped with drift eliminators that reduce the drift at least by 99 %.

    4.18.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.18.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.18.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.19.   Use description

    Table 55

    Use # 19 – Preservation of liquids used in pasteurizers, conveyor belts and air washers

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria)

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in non-food pasteurizers and conveyor belts, air washers.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt). The feeding pipe is used to dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: -against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    Preventive treatment:

    Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.19.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    Air washers: For use only in industrial air-washer systems that maintain effective mist eliminating components.

    4.19.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.19.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.19.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.19.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.20.   Use description

    Table 56

    Use # 20 – Preservation of wood treatment solutions

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Scientific name: fungi

    Common name: other

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of wood treatment solutions for application on wood of classes 1, 2 and 3 only. The biocidal product is used as a preservative for aqueous wood preservative treatment solution during the wet-state process used in timber treatment solutions.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.20.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    The biocidal product is not intended to function as a wood preservative against wood destroying fungus relative to product type 8.

    4.20.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning phases, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The product shall not be used in a wood treatment solution to be applied to wood which may come in direct contact with food, feeding stuff and livestock animals

    The product can be used to preserve wood treatment solutions for the treatment of wood in use classes 1, 2 and 3 only.

    The product can be used in a wood treatment solution where the industrial application processes of wood treatment can be carried out within a contained area situated on impermeable hard standing with bunding to prevent run-off and a recovery system in place (e.g. sump).

    The product can be used in wood treatment solutions for the preservation of freshly treated timber, which after treatment is stored under shelter or on impermeable hard standing, or both, to prevent direct losses to soil, sewer or water. Any losses of wood treatment solution shall be collected for reuse or disposal.

    The product can be used only in wood treatment solutions for industrial application if these cannot be released to soil, ground- and surface water or any kind of sewer and the wood treatment solutions and/or the product are collected and reused or disposed of as hazardous waste.

    The biocidal product can be used only in wood treatment solutions used for the treatment of objects or materials which are stored until completely dried on impermeable ground and under roof, to avoid leakage into the soil.

    4.20.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.20.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.20.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.21.   Use description

    Table 57

    Use # 21 – Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile and fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile, fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems

    C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal products are used for the preservation of textile and spinning fluids, photo processing solutions, leather process (e.g. washing and soaking treatment stages) and printing fountain solutions to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination in the bulk solution.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The preservation of all end-products is performed in most cases highly automated by industrial users

    The biocidal product is added to the central sump, basin or recirculating lines in an area with adequate mixing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid

    Contact time 5 days

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.21.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.21.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    Liquids used in textile and fiber processing fluids must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    Recirculating liquids in photoprocessing systems and fountain solution systems must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    4.21.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.21.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.21.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.22.   Use description

    Table 58

    Use # 22 – Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems.

    The biocidal product is used for preservation of fluids in pre- treatment processes (Cleaning treatment for grease removal and soil, degreasing Phosphating process, Rinse off tanks) paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems (e.g. cataphoretic baths) applied in Car Refinishing and Original equipment Car Manufacturing to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination from bacteria and fungi in the bulk solution.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product.

    The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.22.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.22.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.22.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.22.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.22.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.23.   Use description

    Table 59

    Use # 23 – Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (anaerobes and aerobes (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework. Pre-commission biocide flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects.

    Closed recirculating heating systems: pre-commission biocidal product flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects. The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, fungi and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems. Closed systems are less susceptible to corrosion, scaling and biological fouling than open systems. However microbial problems can occur, if the system is left filled and untreated. This is due to the presence of nitrite and glycols used as nutrients by microbes.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing. The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit the evaporation of the biocidal product.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment - against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila) - against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Preventive treatment - against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila)

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours

    Preventive treatment

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water and against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.23.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.23.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.23.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.23.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.23.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.24.   Use description

    Table 60

    Use # 24 – Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.)

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Outdoor

    Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.)

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water: Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds: Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water:

    Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds:

    Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.24.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.24.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.24.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.24.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.24.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.25.   Use description

    Table 61

    Use # 25 – Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper

    Product type

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper. Recycling paper /deinking paper mills. Deinking process is a manufacturing paper process of removing printing inks from waste paper-fibers to produce deinked pulp.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product is automatically dosed by pump and fixed pipes into the circuit, usually in the pulper below the water level.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated

    Contact time: 24 hours

    Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.25.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.25.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.25.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.25.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.25.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.26.   Use description

    Table 62

    Use # 26 – Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of paper manufacturing process

    Product type

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process (paper mills, wet-end stage (water circuits), and paper mills process system).

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated

    Contact time: 24 hours

    Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.26.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.26.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The use of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) containing products for the slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process is restricted to

    (a)

    curative treatments in plants connected to a slimicide-free water from a pulp mill and only for the treatment of the short circulation of the paper mill; and

    (b)

    preventive treatments,

    and, for both cases, only if the factory’s waste water is purified in an on-site (full) industrial sewage treatment plant with a minimal capacity of 5 000 m3 per day as described in the Industrial Emission Directive 2010/75/EU (Best Available Techniques for the production of pulp, paper and board) and if a dilution of at least 200 times in surface water is achieved after the industrial sewage treatment plant.

    4.26.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.26.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.26.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.27.   Use description

    Table 63

    Use # 27 – Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes

    Product type

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Biocidal product application on a routine basis will prevent biofilm growth on Reverse Osmosis or Nano Filtration membrane surfaces, feed spacer, filter media and pipework. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the feed water at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.27.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.27.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    4.27.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.27.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.27.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.28.   Use description

    Table 64

    Use # 28 – Products to control microbial deterioration in fluids used for working or cutting metal, glass or other materials

    Product type

    PT13 - Working or cutting fluid preservatives (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Products to control microbial deterioration in fluids used for working or cutting metal, glass or other materials

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and fungi in fluids used for metalworking fluids (cutting, grinding, rolling, drawing, etc.) metal surface treatment (aqueous multipurpose and de-watering rust cleaner fluids, etc.) and cutting fluids for glass or other materials.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. Preventive treatment: When control is obtained, adding 10 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated.

    Contact time: 24 h

    Preventive treatment:

    When control is obtained, adding 10 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.28.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.28.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.28.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.28.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.28.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    5.   GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR USE (3) OF THE META SPC 3

    5.1.   Instructions for use

    The duration of the effect is dependent on the performance requirements of the customer for their preserved material and on the specific ingredients composition and pH of the preserved product.

    Always read the label or leaflet before use and follow all the instructions provided.

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.)

    PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORT:

    Keep in a well-ventilated place. The product as supplied may evolve gas (largely carbon dioxide) slowly. To prevent the buildup of pressure the product is packaged in specially vented containers, where necessary. Keep this product in the original container when not in use. Container must be stored and transported in an upright position to prevent spilling the contents through the vent, where fitted.

    5.2.   Risk mitigation measures

    5.3.   Particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    Skin contact: Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash contaminated skin with water. Contact poison treatment specialist if symptoms occur.

    Eye contact: Immediately flush with plenty of water, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. Check for and remove any contact lenses if easy to do. Continue to rinse with tepid water for at least 30 minutes. Call 112/ambulance for medical assistance.

    Ingestion: Wash out mouth with water. Contact poison treatment specialist. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been ingested. Do not give fluids or induce vomiting.

    Inhalation (of spray mist): Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been inhaled.

    In case of impaired consciousness place in recovery position and seek medical advice immediately.

    Keep the container or label available.

    5.4.   Instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    Do not discharge unused product on the ground, into water courses, into pipes (e.g. sink, toilets) nor down the drains.

    Dispose of unused product, its packaging and all other waste, in accordance with local regulations.

    5.5.   Conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place, in the original container.

    Shelf-life: 12 months

    Protect from sunlight.

    Recommendation: If a metal packaging is used, a varnish layer should be applied.

    6.   OTHER INFORMATION

    7.   THIRD INFORMATION LEVEL: INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS IN THE META SPC 3

    7.1.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ CF 400 Biocide

    Market area: EU

    Dab 4228

    Market area: EU

    BAL 400BI

    Market area: EU

    Biocide 400

    Market area: EU

    Biotech 400

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT400

    Market area: EU

    BioCheck KT400

    Market area: EU

    KT400

    Market area: EU

    C 412 TT

    Market area: EU

    Dab 4228

    Market area: EU

    Deep Bio® 400

    Market area: EU

    Ecosafe Bio 400

    Market area: EU

    Filtralga ME

    Market area: EU

    Filtralga 9550

    Market area: EU

    PH-SB400

    Market area: EU

    Helamin BZ9550

    Market area: EU

    Isotreat 400

    Market area: EU

    OS Isobio4

    Market area: EU

    Odysside B 330

    Market area: EU

    Relvamine BIOC

    Market area: EU

    Sayvol Bio LP400

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0004 1-3

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    5,9

    7.2.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™CF 210 BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    BAL 210BI

    Market area: EU

    BioCheck KT210

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT210

    Market area: EU

    Biocide 210

    Market area: EU

    Biotech 210

    Market area: EU

    B203-210

    Market area: EU

    Deep Bio® 210

    Market area: EU

    Ecosafe Bio 210

    Market area: EU

    Filtralga ME-15

    Market area: EU

    KT210

    Market area: EU

    Isotreat 210

    Market area: EU

    MIRECIDE-M/86

    Market area: EU

    MK3203

    Market area: EU

    MK3094

    Market area: EU

    MK3394

    Market area: EU

    OS Isobio 210

    Market area: EU

    Odysside B 330M

    Market area: EU

    PH-SB210

    Market area: EU

    STENCO B-85

    Market area: EU

    Sayvol Bio LP210

    Market area: EU

    TECNA 520

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0005 1-3

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    3,2

    7.3.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™WT 210 BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    A-CID SA

    Market area: EU

    ADUR 166

    Market area: EU

    ALG 200

    Market area: EU

    Biocide BALK 20

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT210WT

    Market area: EU

    France Algue 242

    Market area: EU

    KL60 TA21

    Market area: EU

    KT210WT

    Market area: EU

    MK3094

    Market area: EU

    MK3394

    Market area: EU

    MK3203

    Market area: EU

    B203-210WT

    Market area: EU

    Biocide 210WT

    Market area: EU

    Biotech 210WT

    Market area: EU

    Deep Bio® 210WT

    Market area: EU

    Ecosafe Bio 210WT

    Market area: EU

    OS Isobio 210WT

    Market area: EU

    PH-SB210WT

    Market area: EU

    Sayvol Bio LP210WT

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0006 1-3

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    3,2

    7.4.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ WTE BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ WTE

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ LXE BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ LXE

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ MWE BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    Bansan 150

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT200LX

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT200WT

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT200MW

    Market area: EU

    Biocide 515WTE

    Market area: EU

    Biocide 515 MW

    Market area: EU

    Biotech 103WTE

    Market area: EU

    BioCheck WTE

    Market area: EU

    BioCheck KT MW

    Market area: EU

    Biocheck WB

    Market area: EU

    Biocheck 3103

    Market area: EU

    Biotech 103MW

    Market area: EU

    BIOMATE SAN9363

    Market area: EU

    BIO 417

    Market area: EU

    B203WTE

    Market area: EU

    B203MW

    Market area: EU

    C 412 TTE

    Market area: EU

    Deep Bio® 20MW

    Market area: EU

    Deep Bio® 20WTE

    Market area: EU

    Ecosafe Bio WTE

    Market area: EU

    Ecosafe Bio MW

    Market area: EU

    Hydrex™ 7310

    Market area: EU

    Isotreat WTE

    Market area: EU

    KT200LX

    Market area: EU

    KT200WT

    Market area: EU

    KT200MW

    Market area: EU

    MIRECIDE-M/87

    Market area: EU

    Novocide 10 C

    Market area: EU

    OBBIO210

    Market area: EU

    OS Isobio 1.5WTE

    Market area: EU

    Pastosept K

    Market area: EU

    PH-SB102WTE

    Market area: EU

    PH-SB102MW

    Market area: EU

    PS 2175

    Market area: EU

    SAN ADDITIVE

    Market area: EU

    SANY POOL

    Market area: EU

    Sayvol Bio WTE

    Market area: EU

    Sayvol Bio LP MW

    Market area: EU

    Wacozid 3150

    Market area: EU

    OS Isobio 1.5MW

    Market area: EU

    BAC-S

    Market area: EU

    Biocide BAL GX

    Market area: EU

    Biocide BAL P10

    Market area: EU

    Biocide BALK 10

    Market area: EU

    biocil-I

    Market area: EU

    BIOMATE MBC781

    Market area: EU

    France Algue 222

    Market area: EU

    GEWA B 352

    Market area: EU

    HCT-B-71

    Market area: EU

    O'RIZON 415

    Market area: EU

    rascal-B-71

    Market area: EU

    WANSON W23L

    Market area: EU

    watERTreat BIO253 B

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0007 1-3

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    2,3

    7.5.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ CF 150 Biocide

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ CF-150 Biocide

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ CF-150

    Market area: EU

    AAHS BI

    Market area: EU

    ACN Green Line 802

    Market area: EU

    AQ 616

    Market area: EU

    AQF 415

    Market area: EU

    AQUATREAT 415

    Market area: EU

    ATN JB48

    Market area: EU

    BAL 200BI

    Market area: EU

    Bewacid B 728

    Market area: EU

    Biocheck WB CF

    Market area: EU

    Biocheck 3103 CF

    Market area: EU

    Biocide 515

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT200

    Market area: EU

    BioCheck KT

    Market area: EU

    BIOCONTROL 5

    Market area: EU

    BIOMATE MBC781E

    Market area: EU

    BiopleX TZ 150

    Market area: EU

    Bio-Safe KT200

    Market area: EU

    Biotech 103

    Market area: EU

    B203

    Market area: EU

    BW 415

    Market area: EU

    BS4005A

    Market area: EU

    Busan 1078

    Market area: EU

    Butrol 1078

    Market area: EU

    Bulab 8862

    Market area: EU

    Bulab 6057

    Market area: EU

    Carillion ITA

    Market area: EU

    Certi-KT200

    Market area: EU

    CH32

    Market area: EU

    ComChem Bio ITA

    Market area: EU

    Dab 448

    Market area: EU

    Deep Bio® 20

    Market area: EU

    DIABICIDE 90 A

    Market area: EU

    DIPOLIQUE 156

    Market area: EU

    Ecoral 1015

    Market area: EU

    Ecosafe Bio WT

    Market area: EU

    Ekobio-5

    Market area: EU

    ES515

    Market area: EU

    FINEALGUA ME

    Market area: EU

    GE32

    Market area: EU

    Hydrex™ 7943

    Market area: EU

    HCS B32

    Market area: EU

    In-Boi

    Market area: EU

    Isocil® Ultra 1.5

    Market area: EU

    Isotreat

    Market area: EU

    IWT KT200

    Market area: EU

    KT200

    Market area: EU

    Lubron BD 100

    Market area: EU

    Lubron BD 110

    Market area: EU

    Lubron BD 120

    Market area: EU

    MB 215

    Market area: EU

    Mikrobizid M 24

    Market area: EU

    MIRECIDE-KW/600

    Market area: EU

    MIRECIDE-KW/600.X

    Market area: EU

    Novocide 10

    Market area: EU

    Novo Cide 10

    Market area: EU

    NW515

    Market area: EU

    OS Isobio 1.5

    Market area: EU

    PA32

    Market area: EU

    PH-SB102

    Market area: EU

    PS 2176

    Market area: EU

    QUIPROISO LG

    Market area: EU

    RAL200

    Market area: EU

    Relcide 310

    Market area: EU

    Sayvol Bio LP

    Market area: EU

    ST202

    Market area: EU

    Starcide Ultra 1.5

    Market area: EU

    Swiftclean BI

    Market area: EU

    UPINZOL -10

    Market area: EU

    Wacozid 3150

    Market area: EU

    Wacozid 3150 CF

    Market area: EU

    Watercare WHM KT200

    Market area: EU

    ‘hygel’ KW 60 B

    Market area: EU

    BioCheck KT200

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0008 1-3

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    2,3

    7.6.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ CG/ICP Biocide

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ CG-ICP

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ CG/ICP Preservative

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ MK Biocide

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT200ICP

    Market area: EU

    Biogat CG ICP

    Market area: EU

    Isocil® HP 1.5

    Market area: EU

    MIRECIDE-KW/24

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0009 1-3

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    2,2

    7.7.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ CG/ICPII Biocide

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0010 1-3

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    2,2

    7.8.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ CL 150 Biocide

    Market area: EU

    SPECTRUS NX1164

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0011 1-3

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    2,2

    META SPC 4

    1.   META SPC 4 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION

    1.1.   Meta SPC 4 identifier

    Identifier

    meta-SPC 4 KATHON 1.5-3.5 Na

    1.2.   Suffix to the authorisation number

    Number

    1-4

    1.3.   Product type(s)

    Product type(s)

    PT02 - Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals (Disinfectants)

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    2.   META SPC 4 COMPOSITION

    2.1.   Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the meta SPC 4

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Min

    Max

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    2,2

    5,1

    2.2.   Type(s) of formulation of the meta SPC 4

    Formulation(s)

    AL - Any other liquid

    3.   HAZARD AND PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS OF THE META SPC 4

    Hazard statements

    Harmful if inhaled.

    Causes severe skin burns and eye damage.

    May cause an allergic skin reaction.

    Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

    Corrosive to the respiratory tract.

    Harmful if swallowed.

    Precautionary statements

    Do not breathe fume.

    Wash skin thoroughly after handling.

    Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product.

    Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace.

    Avoid release to the environment.

    Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/ face protection/ hearing protection.

    Take off contaminated clothing. And wash it before reuse.

    If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice.

    IF SWALLOWED: Rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting.

    IF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water.

    IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing.

    Immediately call a POISON CENTER/ doctor.

    IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing.

    Collect spillage.

    Store locked up.

    IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTER/ doctor if you feel unwell.

    4.   AUTHORISED USE(S) OF THE META SPC 4

    4.1.   Use description

    Table 65

    Use # 1 – Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems

    Product type

    PT02 - Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals (Disinfectants)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Common name: Algae

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Outdoor

    Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems.

    Air conditioning systems and in air washer systems to preserve the sump water. Air washer systems are used extensively in textile factories and in the tobacco industry to scrub or clean the air and for fine control of temperature and humidity.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Open and closed Systems

    Detailed description:

    Automatic and Manual Dosing

    The biocidal product is typically added in a central chilled water sump which supplies several air washers. The loading process may be conducted either manually or by automation. In the automated process, the biocide is metered directly into the sump from a holding tank or other type of bulk container by a dosimeter (pump). The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi. When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Preventive application: algae When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi

    When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine.

    Contact time of 1 hour.

    Preventive application: algae

    When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated.

    Regardless of the manner of treatment, the total concentration of the active ingredient C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in the system should not exceed 14,9 mg/L in the sump water.

    Preliminary steps prior to addition:

    The biocidal product is automatically dosed to the system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of the biocidal product into the dosing systems.

    Application Frequency:

    Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.1.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.).

    The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice.

    4.1.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.1.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.1.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.1.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.   Use description

    Table 66

    Use # 2 – Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers

    Product type

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers

    The biocidal product is used for the preservation of process fluids in pasteurisers and conveyor belts used in food industry. The biocidal product is used in these systems to either control or kill bacteria and fungi.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Automated dosing

    The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt).

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine Preventive application: Bacteria: When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi

    When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine.

    Contact time of 1 hour.

    Preventive application: Bacteria:

    When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated.

    Preliminary steps prior to addition:

    The biocidal product is automatically dosed to system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of containers containing the biocidal product into the dosing systems.

    Application Frequency:

    Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.2.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.).

    The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice.

    4.2.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.2.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.2.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.   Use description

    Table 67

    Use # 3 – Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water

    Product type

    PT04 - Food and feed area (Disinfectants)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water

    The C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal product is recommended for controlling biological growth in off-line trains reverse osmosis membranes producing potable water for extended periods of time.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    It is recommended that fouled membranes be cleaned prior to shut-down and preservation. Please refer to RO /NF supplier manual for membrane cleaning and system shutdown procedures.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time.

    Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with the permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution.

    Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: 7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.3.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.).

    Prior to taking the membranes back on-line, flush carefully the elements with permeate water in order to eliminate all the residual biocidal product.

    4.3.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During mixing and loading and cleaning of the whole system, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.3.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.3.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.   Use description

    Table 68

    Use # 4 – Preservation of paints and coatings

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of paints and coatings

    (including electrodeposition)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in coatings applied by an electrodeposition process and associated rinse systems and in water-based paints and coatings in storage containers before use.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional paints and general public paints:

    7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.4.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public.

    4.4.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (Mixing and Loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 to be added in paints used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.4.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.4.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.   Use description

    Table 69

    Use # 5 – Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - Curative treatment

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production -

    The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria in textile additives (woven and non-woven, natural and synthetic including silicone emulsions) processing chemicals, all chemicals used in the leather process industry and paper additives (e.g. water pigment pastes, starch, natural gums, synthetic and natural latexes, sizing agents, coating binders, retention aids, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, wet-strength resins) used in paper mills. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Curative treatment:

    16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product

    Contact time: 24 hours

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.5.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.5.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.5.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.5.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.   Use description

    Table 70

    Use # 6 – Preservation of glues and adhesives

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of glues and adhesives

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in water-soluble and water-dispersed synthetic and natural adhesives and tackifiers in storage containers before use

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    General public uses:

    8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.6.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.6.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of glues and adhesives being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.6.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.6.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.   Use description

    Table 71

    Use # 7 – Preservation of polymer lattices

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of polymer latexes

    The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in the manufacture, storage, and transport of latexes, synthetic polymers including Hydrolysed Poly Acryl Amide (HPAM) and biopolymers (e.g. xanthan, dextran.) natural latexes.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses

    14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.7.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.7.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of polymer lattices being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.7.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.7.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.   Use description

    Table 72

    Use # 8 – Preservation of mineral slurries

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of mineral slurries

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in aqueous-based inorganic/mineral slurries and inorganic pigments which are formulated into paints, coatings and paper.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated application.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.8.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.8.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of mineral slurries being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.8.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.8.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.9.   Use description

    Table 73

    Use # 9 – Preservation of building products applied indoor only

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of building (construction) products (including sealants, caulks, plasters etc.)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in building (construction) products (sealants, caulks, biopolymers, plasters, fillers, admixtures concrete additives, joints compounds,.).

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed.

    Industrial uses:

    1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.9.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.9.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    This use is restricted to the preservation of building material applied indoor only.

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of building products being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.9.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.9.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.9.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.10.   Use description

    Table 74

    Use # 10 – Preservation of inks

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of inks

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in inks and ink components (printing inks lithographic, photographic, ink-jet fluids, water based dampening or fountain solutions inks used for textile printing). The biocidal product inhibits the growth of microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odour formation, viscosity alteration, product discolouration and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    General public uses:

    6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:- HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)- HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)- Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L- HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.10.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm.

    4.10.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of inks being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.10.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.10.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.10.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.11.   Use description

    Table 75

    Use # 11 – Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives)

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives)

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in functional fluids such as brake and hydraulic fluids, antifreeze additives, corrosion inhibitors, spinning fluids. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional uses:

    Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.11.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.11.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc…) being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.11.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.11.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.11.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.12.   Use description

    Table 76

    Use # 12 – Preservation of laboratory reagents

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of laboratory reagents .

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in laboratory reagents.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed.

    Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products.

    Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated.

    For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 1 L

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.12.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users.

    4.12.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of laboratory reagents being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases;

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    4.12.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.12.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.12.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.13.   Use description

    Table 77

    Use # 13 – Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes

    Product type

    PT06 - Preservatives for products during storage (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes

    The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria of reverse osmosis and nanofiltration membranes producing industrial water for extended periods of time.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to ensure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time.

    Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution. Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: 7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1).

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1).

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.13.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product.

    Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection.

    Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved.

    It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests.

    The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate.

    4.13.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system with water prior to perform the maintenance of the system.

    During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.13.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.13.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.13.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.14.   Use description

    Table 78

    Use # 14 – Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems (Closed re-circulating cooling water systems comprise compressor cooling, air conditioning chilled water, boilers, engine jacket cooling, power supply cooling, and other industrial processes).

    The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobes and anaerobes bacteria, yeast, fungi, and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours - against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours.- against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative efficacy:

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 48 hours

    Preventive efficacy:

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.14.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.14.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.14.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.14.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.14.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.15.   Use description

    Table 79

    Use # 15 – Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria)

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems (blowdown and recirculating flow rates, as well as total volume of water limited to 2 m3/h, and 100 m3/h and 300 m3 respectively)

    Process and cooling water: Used to control the growth of bacteria, algae, fungi and biofilm

    Application method(s)

    Method: Open system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against fungi (including yeast) at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: - against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    Preventive treatment:

    against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.15.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.15.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    Cooling fluid must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    The product can only be used when the cooling towers are equipped with drift eliminators that reduce the drift at least by 99 %.

    4.15.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.15.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.15.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.16.   Use description

    Table 80

    Use # 16 – Preservation of liquids used in pasteurizers, conveyor belts and air washers

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria)

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in non-food pasteurizers and conveyor belts, air washers.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt). The feeding pipe is used to dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: -against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 48 hours.

    Preventive treatment:

    Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.16.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    Air washers: For use only in industrial air-washer systems that maintain effective mist eliminating components.

    4.16.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.16.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.16.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.16.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.17.   Use description

    Table 81

    Use # 17 – Preservation of wood treatment solutions

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Scientific name: fungi

    Common name: other

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of wood treatment solutions for application on wood of classes 1, 2 and 3 only. The biocidal product is used as a preservative for aqueous wood preservative treatment solution during the wet-state process used in timber treatment solutions.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.17.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    The biocidal product is not intended to function as a wood preservative against wood destroying fungus relative to product type 8.

    4.17.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning phases, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The product shall not be used in a wood treatment solution to be applied to wood which may come in direct contact with food, feeding stuff and livestock animals

    The product can be used to preserve wood treatment solutions for the treatment of wood in use classes 1, 2 and 3 only.

    The product can be used in a wood treatment solution where the industrial application processes of wood treatment can be carried out within a contained area situated on impermeable hard standing with bunding to prevent run-off and a recovery system in place (e.g. sump).

    The product can be used in wood treatment solutions for the preservation of freshly treated timber, which after treatment is stored under shelter or on impermeable hard standing, or both, to prevent direct losses to soil, sewer or water. Any losses of wood treatment solution shall be collected for reuse or disposal.

    The product can be used only in wood treatment solutions for industrial application if these cannot be released to soil, ground- and surface water or any kind of sewer and the wood treatment solutions and/or the product are collected and reused or disposed of as hazardous waste.

    The biocidal product can be used only in wood treatment solutions used for the treatment of objects or materials which are stored until completely dried on impermeable ground and under roof, to avoid leakage into the soil.

    4.17.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.17.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.17.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.18.   Use description

    Table 82

    Use # 18 – Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile and fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile, fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems

    C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal products are used for the preservation of textile and spinning fluids, photo processing solutions, leather process (e.g. washing and soaking treatment stages) and printing fountain solutions to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination in the bulk solution.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The preservation of all end-products is performed in most cases highly automated by industrial users

    The biocidal product is added to the central sump, basin or recirculating lines in an area with adequate mixing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid

    Contact time 5 days

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.18.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.18.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    Liquids used in textile and fiber processing fluids must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    Recirculating liquids in photoprocessing systems and fountain solution systems must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    4.18.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.18.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.18.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.19.   Use description

    Table 83

    Use # 19 – Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems.

    The biocidal product is used for preservation of fluids in pre- treatment processes (Cleaning treatment for grease removal and soil, degreasing Phosphating process, Rinse off tanks) paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems (e.g. cataphoretic baths) applied in Car Refinishing and Original equipment Car Manufacturing to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination from bacteria and fungi in the bulk solution.

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product.

    The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.19.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.19.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.19.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.19.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.19.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.20.   Use description

    Table 84

    Use # 20 – Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria (anaerobes and aerobes (including Legionella pneumophila)

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Outdoor

    Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework. Pre-commission biocide flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects.

    Closed recirculating heating systems: pre-commission biocidal product flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects. The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, fungi and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems. Closed systems are less susceptible to corrosion, scaling and biological fouling than open systems. However microbial problems can occur, if the system is left filled and untreated. This is due to the presence of nitrite and glycols used as nutrients by microbes.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing. The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit the evaporation of the biocidal product.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment - against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila) - against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Preventive treatment - against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment:

    against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila)

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water

    Contact time: 24 hours

    against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours

    Preventive treatment

    against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water and against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.20.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.20.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.20.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.20.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.20.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.21.   Use description

    Table 85

    Use # 21 – Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.)

    Product type

    PT11 - Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Outdoor

    Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.)

    Application method(s)

    Method: -

    Detailed description:

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water: Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds: Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water:

    Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds:

    Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.21.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.21.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.21.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.21.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.21.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.22.   Use description

    Table 86

    Use # 22 – Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper

    Product type

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper. Recycling paper /deinking paper mills. Deinking process is a manufacturing paper process of removing printing inks from waste paper-fibers to produce deinked pulp.

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    The biocidal product is automatically dosed by pump and fixed pipes into the circuit, usually in the pulper below the water level.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated

    Contact time: 24 hours

    Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.22.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.22.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    4.22.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.22.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.22.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.23.   Use description

    Table 87

    Use # 23 – Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of paper manufacturing process

    Product type

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Common name: Yeasts

    Development stage:

    Common name: Fungi

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process (paper mills, wet-end stage (water circuits), and paper mills process system).

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated

    Contact time: 24 hours

    Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated.

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.23.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.23.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    The use of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) containing products for the slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process is restricted to

    (a)

    curative treatments in plants connected to a slimicide-free water from a pulp mill and only for the treatment of the short circulation of the paper mill; and

    (b)

    preventive treatments,

    and, for both cases, only if the factory’s waste water is purified in an on-site (full) industrial sewage treatment plant with a minimal capacity of 5 000 m3 per day as described in the Industrial Emission Directive 2010/75/EU (Best Available Techniques for the production of pulp, paper and board) and if a dilution of at least 200 times in surface water is achieved after the industrial sewage treatment plant.

    4.23.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.23.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.23.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    4.24.   Use description

    Table 88

    Use # 24 – Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes

    Product type

    PT12 - Slimicides (Preservatives)

    Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use

    Target organism(s) (including development stage)

    Common name: Bacteria

    Development stage:

    Field(s) of use

    Indoor

    Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes

    Application method(s)

    Method: Closed system

    Detailed description:

    Manual and automated dosing.

    Biocidal product application on a routine basis will prevent biofilm growth on Reverse Osmosis or Nano Filtration membrane surfaces, feed spacer, filter media and pipework. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the feed water at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system.

    Application rate(s) and frequency

    Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid

    Dilution (%): -

    Number and timing of application:

    Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid

    Category(ies) of users

    Industrial

    Pack sizes and packaging material

    For industrial and professional users:

    HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal)

    HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal)

    Box with HDPE liner: 20 L

    HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L

    HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L

    All products should be transport and stored in a vented room.

    4.24.1.   Use-specific instructions for use

    Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product.

    4.24.2.   Use-specific risk mitigation measures

    Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step.

    During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM:

    Minimisation of manual phases (process automation);

    Use of a dosing device;

    Regular cleaning of equipment and work area;

    Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects;

    Good standard of general ventilation;

    Training and management of staff on good practice.

    PPE is as follows:

    protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information);

    Eye protection;

    Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate.

    Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP.

    4.24.3.   Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    See general directions for use.

    4.24.4.   Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    See general directions for use.

    4.24.5.   Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    See general directions for use.

    5.   GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR USE (4) OF THE META SPC 4

    5.1.   Instructions for use

    The duration of the effect is dependent on the performance requirements of the customer for their preserved material and on the specific ingredients composition and pH of the preserved product.

    Always read the label or leaflet before use and follow all the instructions provided.

    Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.)

    PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORT:

    Keep in a well-ventilated place. The product as supplied may evolve gas (largely carbon dioxide) slowly. To prevent the buildup of pressure the product is packaged in specially vented containers, where necessary. Keep this product in the original container when not in use. Container must be stored and transported in an upright position to prevent spilling the contents through the vent, where fitted.

    5.2.   Risk mitigation measures

    5.3.   Particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment

    Skin contact: Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash contaminated skin with water. Contact poison treatment specialist if symptoms occur.

    Eye contact: Immediately flush with plenty of water, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. Check for and remove any contact lenses if easy to do. Continue to rinse with tepid water for at least 30 minutes. Call 112/ambulance for medical assistance.

    Ingestion: Wash out mouth with water. Contact poison treatment specialist. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been ingested. Do not give fluids or induce vomiting.

    Inhalation (of spray mist): Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been inhaled.

    In case of impaired consciousness place in recovery position and seek medical advice immediately.

    Keep the container or label available.

    5.4.   Instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging

    Do not discharge unused product on the ground, into water courses, into pipes (e.g. sink, toilets) nor down the drains.

    Dispose of unused product, its packaging and all other waste, in accordance with local regulations.

    5.5.   Conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage

    Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place, in the original container.

    Shelf-life: 24 months

    Protect from sunlight.

    Recommendation: If a metal packaging is used, a varnish layer should be applied.

    6.   OTHER INFORMATION

    7.   THIRD INFORMATION LEVEL: INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS IN THE META SPC 4

    7.1.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ LX 300 BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ WT 300 Biocide

    Market area: EU

    ACQ 819

    Market area: EU

    Biocide KT300WT

    Market area: EU

    KT300WT

    Market area: EU

    KT300LX

    Market area: EU

    SANITER 454

    Market area: EU

    OS Isobio3

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0012 1-4

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    4,6

    7.2.   Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product

    Trade name(s)

    KATHON™ WT 150 Biocide

    Market area: EU

    KATHON™ LX 150 BIOCIDE

    Market area: EU

    BIO 419

    Market area: EU

    SANITER 420

    Market area: EU

    Authorisation number

    EU-0025449-0013 1-4

    Common name

    IUPAC name

    Function

    CAS number

    EC number

    Content (%)

    Mixture of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2H- isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 247-500-7) and 2-methyl-2H-isothiazol-3-one (EINECS 220-239-6) (Mixture of CMIT/MIT)

     

    Active Substance

    55965-84-9

     

    2,3


    (1)  Instructions for use, risk mitigation measures and other directions for use under this section are valid for any authorised uses within the meta SPC 1.

    (2)  Instructions for use, risk mitigation measures and other directions for use under this section are valid for any authorised uses within the meta SPC 2.

    (3)  Instructions for use, risk mitigation measures and other directions for use under this section are valid for any authorised uses within the meta SPC 3.

    (4)  Instructions for use, risk mitigation measures and other directions for use under this section are valid for any authorised uses within the meta SPC 4.


    Alkuun